Added s19 to (fast_)load_image documentation to match the online help.
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
680
681 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
682 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
683 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
684 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
685
686 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
687 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
688
689 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
690 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
691 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
692 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
693 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
694 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
695 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
696
697 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
698
699 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
700 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
701 and a USB cable on the other.
702 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
703 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
707 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
708 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
709 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
710 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
711 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
712 debugging host.
713
714 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
715 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
716 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
717 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
718 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
719
720 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
721 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
722 with 1.2 Volt boards.
723
724 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
725 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
726 ways to connect the cable.
727 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
728 Be sure it's firmly connected.
729
730 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
731 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
732 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
733 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
734 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
735 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
736 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
737 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
738
739 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
740 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
741 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
742 but are tedious to set up.
743 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
744 adapter signals to the right board pins.
745
746 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
747 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
748 you are using to run OpenOCD.
749 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
750
751 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
752 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
753 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
754
755 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
756 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
757 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
758
759 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
760 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
761 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
762 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
763
764 @end enumerate
765
766 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
767 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
768 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
769
770 @section Project Directory
771
772 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
773
774 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
775 single directory for your work with a given board.
776 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
777 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
778 files accessed through semihosting,
779 and for code you upload to the target board.
780 It is also the natural place to write files,
781 such as log files and data you download from the board.
782
783 @section Configuration Basics
784
785 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
786 a variety of ways you can mix them.
787 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
788
789 @itemize
790 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
791 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
792 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
793 @end itemize
794
795 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
796 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
797 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
798
799 @example
800 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
801
802 # GDB can also flash my flash!
803 gdb_memory_map enable
804 gdb_flash_program enable
805
806 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
807 @end example
808
809 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
810
811 @example
812 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
813 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
814 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
815 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
816 @end example
817
818 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
819 each supporting a different development task.
820 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
821 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
822
823 @quotation Important
824 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
825 problems with how it treats variables.
826 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
827 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
828 that can be tested in a later script.
829 @end quotation
830
831 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
832 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
833 to simplify your work.
834
835 @section User Config Files
836 @cindex config file, user
837 @cindex user config file
838 @cindex config file, overview
839
840 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
841 in one place.
842 One of the following will match your situation best:
843
844 @itemize
845 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
846 provided by someone else.
847 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
848 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
849 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
850 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
851 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
852 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
853
854 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
855 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
856
857 @enumerate
858 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
859 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
860 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
861 @end enumerate
862
863 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
864 The first is an interface config file.
865 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
866 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
867 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
868 meet your deadline:
869
870 @example
871 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
872 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
873 @end example
874
875 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
876 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
877 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
878 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
879
880 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
881 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
882 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
883 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
884 target and board
885 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
886 @xref{Autoprobing}.
887
888 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
889 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
890 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
891 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
892
893 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
894 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
895 giving access to your particular flash chips.
896 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
897 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
898
899 @quotation Note
900 When you write new configuration files, please submit
901 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
902 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
903 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
904 will help support users of any board using that chip.
905 @end quotation
906
907 @item
908 You may may need to write some C code.
909 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
910 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
911 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
912 a new chip architecture.
913 @end itemize
914
915 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
916 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
917 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
918
919 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
920 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
921 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
922 @itemize
923
924 @item
925 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
926 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
927 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
928 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
929
930 @item
931 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
932 @cindex vector_catch
933 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
934 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
935 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
936 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
937 along with messaging and tracing setup.
938 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
939
940 @item
941 You might need to override some defaults.
942 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
943 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
944
945 @item
946 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
947 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
948 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
949 @end itemize
950
951 @section Project-Specific Utilities
952
953 A few project-specific utility
954 routines may well speed up your work.
955 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
956
957 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
958 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
959 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
960 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
961 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
962 may help:
963
964 @example
965 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
966 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
967 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
968 # Leave the CPU halted.
969 reset init
970
971 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
972 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
973
974 # Start running.
975 resume 0x20000000
976 @}
977 @end example
978
979 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
980 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
981 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
982 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
983 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
984
985 @example
986 proc newboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
988 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
989 # "reset halt" would be slower.
990 reset init
991
992 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
993 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
994 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
995 flash protect 0 0 1 off
996 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
997 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
998 flash protect 0 0 1 on
999
1000 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1001 reset run
1002 @}
1003 @end example
1004
1005 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1006 from NAND.
1007 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1008 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1009 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1010
1011 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1012 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1013
1014 @section Target Software Changes
1015
1016 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1017 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1018 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1019 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1020 handling issues like:
1021
1022 @itemize @bullet
1023
1024 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1025 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1026 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1027 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1028 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1029 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1030 your debug sessions.
1031
1032 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1033 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1034 That might however be your only option.
1035
1036 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1037 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1038 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1039 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1040 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1041 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1042 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1043 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1044 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1045 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1046 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1047 instead of the whole thing.
1048 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1049 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1050
1051 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1052 @cindex ARM semihosting
1053 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1054 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1055 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1056 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1057 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1058 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1059 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1060 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1061 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1062 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1063 NAND or SPI flash.
1064
1065 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1066 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1067 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1068 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1069 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1070
1071 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1072 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1073 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1074 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1075 registers which can be used to change various features including
1076 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1077 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1078 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1079 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1080 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1081
1082 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1083 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1084 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1085 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1086 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1087
1088 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1089 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1090 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1091 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1092 early code execution can be debugged
1093 or firmware can be replaced.
1094
1095 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1096 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1097 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1098 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1099 operations like writing to memory.)
1100
1101 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1102 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1103 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1104 various kinds of message.
1105 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1106
1107 @end itemize
1108
1109 @section Target Hardware Setup
1110
1111 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1112 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1113 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1114 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1115 working with.}
1116
1117 Common issues include:
1118
1119 @itemize @bullet
1120
1121 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1122 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1123 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1124 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1125 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1126 or one from a daughtercard).
1127 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1128 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1129
1130 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1131 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1132 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1133 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1134 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1135 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1136
1137 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1138 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1139 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1140 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1141 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1142
1143
1144 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1145 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1146 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1147 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1148 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1149 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1150 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1151
1152 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1153 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1154 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1155 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1156 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1157
1158 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1159 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1160 used to start booting.
1161
1162 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1163 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1164 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1165 multiple audio codec chips).
1166 This interacts with software
1167 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1168 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1169 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1170 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1171 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1172 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1173 audio or video codecs are used.
1174
1175 @end itemize
1176
1177 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1178 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1179 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1180 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1181 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1182 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1183 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1184 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1185 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1186 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1187
1188
1189 @node Config File Guidelines
1190 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1191
1192 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1193 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1194 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1195 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1196
1197 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1198 with files including the ones listed here.
1199 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1200 @itemize @bullet
1201 @item @file{interface} ...
1202 These are for debug adapters.
1203 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1204 @example
1205 $ ls interface
1206 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1207 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1208 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1209 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1211 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1212 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1213 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1214 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1215 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1216 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1217 $
1218 @end example
1219 @item @file{board} ...
1220 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1221 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1222 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1223 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1224 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1225 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1226 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1227 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1228 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1229 a CPU and an FPGA.
1230 @example
1231 $ ls board
1232 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1233 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1234 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1235 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1236 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1237 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1238 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1239 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1240 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1241 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1242 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1243 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1244 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1245 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1248 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1249 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1250 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1251 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1252 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1253 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1254 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1255 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1256 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1257 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1258 $
1259 @end example
1260 @item @file{target} ...
1261 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1262 on a chip
1263 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1264 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1265 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1266 the target config file defines all of them.
1267 @example
1268 $ ls target
1269 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1270 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1271 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1272 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1273 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1274 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1275 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1276 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1277 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1278 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1279 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1280 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1281 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1282 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1283 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1284 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1285 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1286 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1287 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1288 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1289 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1290 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1291 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1292 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1293 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1294 $
1295 @end example
1296 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1297 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1298 @end itemize
1299
1300 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1301 file may override features in any of the above files by
1302 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1303 commands specific to their situation.
1304
1305 @section Interface Config Files
1306
1307 The user config file
1308 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1312 @end example
1313
1314 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1315 in use today with OpenOCD.
1316 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1317 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1318
1319 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1320 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1321 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1322 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1323 and need to provide a driver for it.
1324
1325 @section Board Config Files
1326 @cindex config file, board
1327 @cindex board config file
1328
1329 The user config file
1330 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1331
1332 @example
1333 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1334 @end example
1335
1336 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1337 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1338 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1339
1340 @enumerate
1341 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1342 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1343 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1344 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1345 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1346 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1347 @end enumerate
1348
1349 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1350 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1351 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1352 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1353
1354 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1355 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1356 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1357 configuration works.
1358
1359 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1360
1361 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1362 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1363 convention on how to use certain variables.
1364
1365 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1366 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1367 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1368 used at will within a target configuration file.
1369
1370 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1371 for a board with three chips:
1372
1373 @example
1374 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1375 set CHIPNAME network
1376 set ENDIAN big
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1383 set CHIPNAME video
1384 set ENDIAN little
1385 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1386 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1387 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1388 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1389
1390 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1391 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1392 unset ENDIAN
1393 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1394 @end example
1395
1396 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1397 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1398 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1399 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1400 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1401 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1402 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1403 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1404
1405 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1406 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1407 naming collisions.
1408
1409 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1410 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1411 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1412 up other clocks and peripherals.
1413
1414 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1415 @cindex variable names
1416
1417 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1418 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1419 one such chip (as shown above).
1420 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1421 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1422 to promote consistency and
1423 so that board files can override target defaults.
1424
1425 Inputs to target config files include:
1426
1427 @itemize @bullet
1428 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1429 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1430 tap identifier dotted names.
1431 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1432 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1433 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1434 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1435 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1436 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1437 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1438 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1439 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1440 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1441 @end itemize
1442
1443 Outputs from target config files include:
1444
1445 @itemize @bullet
1446 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1447 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1448 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1449 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1450 specific to that board and that target.
1451 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1452 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1453 @end itemize
1454
1455 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1456 @cindex event, reset-init
1457 @cindex reset-init handler
1458
1459 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1460 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1461 fully set up yet.
1462 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1463 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1464 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1465 handler is one of the most important.
1466
1467 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1468 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1469 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1470 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1471 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1472
1473 @quotation Note
1474 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1475 are included here.
1476 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1477 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1478 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1479 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1480 @end quotation
1481
1482 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1483 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1484 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1485 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1486 those as parameters.
1487 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1488 and disabling the watchdog.
1489 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1490 the next developer doing such work.
1491 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1492
1493 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1494 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1495 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1496 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1497
1498 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1499
1500 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1501 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1502 a low JTAG clock rate.
1503 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1504 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1505 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1506 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1507 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1508 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1509 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1510
1511 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1512 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1513 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1514 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1515 which might be less than that.
1516
1517 @quotation Warning
1518 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1519 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1520 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1521 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1522 @end quotation
1523
1524 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1525 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1526 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1527 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1528 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1529 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1530
1531 @section Target Config Files
1532 @cindex config file, target
1533 @cindex target config file
1534
1535 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1536 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1537 more target config files like this:
1538
1539 @example
1540 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1541 @end example
1542
1543 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1544 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1545 In summary the target files should contain
1546
1547 @enumerate
1548 @item Set defaults
1549 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1550 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1551 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1552 @item On-Chip flash
1553 @end enumerate
1554
1555 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1556 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1557 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1558
1559 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1560 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1561 can talk to the chip.
1562 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1563 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1564 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1565 and other processing engines.
1566
1567 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1568
1569 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1570 letting board config files express environment-specific
1571 differences in how things should be set up.
1572
1573 @example
1574 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1575 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1576 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1580 @}
1581
1582 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1583 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1584 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1585 @} else @{
1586 set _ENDIAN little
1587 @}
1588
1589 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1590 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1591 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1592 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1594 @} else @{
1595 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1596 @}
1597 @end example
1598 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1599
1600 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1601 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1602 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1603
1604 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1605 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1606 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1607
1608 @example
1609 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1610 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1611 @end example
1612
1613 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1614 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1615 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1616 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1617 for taps.
1618
1619 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1620 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1621 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1622 looks (in part) like this:
1623
1624 @example
1625 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1626 @end example
1627
1628 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1629 to source such a config file twice, with different
1630 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1631 it adds a different TAP each time.
1632
1633 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1634 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1635 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1636 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1637
1638 @example
1639 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1641 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1642 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1643 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1644 @end example
1645
1646 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1647 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1648
1649 @itemize
1650 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1651 plus a JRC to enable them
1652 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1653 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1654 is not currently used)
1655 @end itemize
1656
1657 @subsection Add CPU targets
1658
1659 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1660 GDB and other commands can use it.
1661 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1662 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1663 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1664 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1665
1666 @example
1667 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1668 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1669 @end example
1670
1671 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1672 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1673 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1674 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1675 a work area if you can.
1676 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1677
1678 @example
1679 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1680 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1681 @end example
1682
1683 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1684
1685 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1686 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1687 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1688
1689 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1690 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1691 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1692 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1693 both signals.
1694
1695 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1696 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1697 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1698 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1699 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1700 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1701 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1702 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1703 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1704 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1705 not available.)
1706
1707 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1708 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1709 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1710 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1711 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1712 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1713 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1714 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1715
1716 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1717 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1718 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1719 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1720 slower clock than they will use later.
1721 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1722 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1723 than they will use later.
1724 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1725
1726 @quotation Important
1727 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1728 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1729 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1730 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1731 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1732 @end quotation
1733
1734 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1735
1736 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1737 special high speed download features - enable it.
1738
1739 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1740
1741 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1742 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1743 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1744 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1745 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1746 If you are using an external trace port,
1747 configure it in your board config file.
1748 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1749 configure it in your target config file.
1750
1751 @example
1752 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1753 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1754 @end example
1755
1756 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1757
1758 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1759
1760 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1761 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1762 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1763 the TARGET (chip) file.
1764
1765 Examples:
1766 @itemize @bullet
1767 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1768 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1769 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1770 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1771 @end itemize
1772
1773 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1774 @section Translating Configuration Files
1775 @cindex translation
1776 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1777 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1778 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1779 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1780 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1781 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1782
1783 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1784 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1785 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1786 convert other scripts later on.
1787
1788 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1789 replace job:
1790
1791 @example
1792 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1793 #
1794 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1795 #
1796 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1797 #
1798 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1799
1800 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1801 global TARGETNAME
1802
1803 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1804
1805 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1806 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1807 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1808 @}
1809 @end example
1810
1811
1812
1813 @node Daemon Configuration
1814 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1815 @cindex initialization
1816 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1817 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1818 supported.
1819
1820 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1821 @section Configuration Stage
1822 @cindex configuration stage
1823 @cindex config command
1824
1825 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1826 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1827 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1828 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1829 inside startup scripts.
1830
1831 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1832 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1833 which may be issued interactively.
1834 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1835 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1836
1837 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1838 flash banks,
1839 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1840 and other basic setup.
1841 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1842 may access or activate TAPs.
1843 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1844 longer be issued.
1845
1846 @section Entering the Run Stage
1847
1848 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1849 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1850 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1851 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1852 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1853 You should see no errors at this point.
1854 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1855 commands you used to configure the server.
1856 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1857 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1858 on the scan chain.
1859
1860 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1861 become available.
1862 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1863 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1864 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1865 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1866 entry to the run stage.
1867
1868 @deffn {Config Command} init
1869 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1870 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1871 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1872 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1873 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1874 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1875
1876 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1877 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1878 configuration files and/or command line options.
1879
1880 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1881 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1882 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1883 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1884 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1888 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1889 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1890
1891 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1892 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1893 scan chain.
1894 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1895 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1896
1897 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1898 they return.
1899 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1900 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1901 @end deffn
1902
1903 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1904 @section TCP/IP Ports
1905 @cindex TCP port
1906 @cindex server
1907 @cindex port
1908 @cindex security
1909 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1910 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1911 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1912
1913 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1914 access using one or more of these ports.
1915 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1916 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1917 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1918
1919 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1920 @cindex GDB server
1921 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1922 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1923 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1924 the normal use cases.
1925
1926 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1927 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1928 disables the gdb server.
1929
1930 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1931 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1932
1933 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1934 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1935
1936 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1937 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1938 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1939
1940 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1941 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1942 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1943 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1944 @end deffn
1945
1946 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1947 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1948 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1949 output from the Tcl engine.
1950 Intended as a machine interface.
1951 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1952 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1953
1954 @end deffn
1955
1956 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1957 Specify or query the
1958 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1959 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1960 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1961 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1962 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1966 @section GDB Configuration
1967 @cindex GDB
1968 @cindex GDB configuration
1969 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1970 The ones listed here are static and global.
1971 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1972 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1973
1974 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1975 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1976 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1977 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1978 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1979 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1980 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1981 @end deffn
1982
1983 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1984 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1985 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1986 vFlash packet is received.
1987 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1991 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1992 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1993 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1994 for flash programming to work.
1995 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1996 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1997 @end deffn
1998
1999 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2000 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2001 by GDB memory read packets.
2002 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2003 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2004 @end deffn
2005
2006 @anchor{Event Polling}
2007 @section Event Polling
2008
2009 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2010 where significant events can happen at any time.
2011 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2012 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2013 or to GDB.
2014
2015 Examples of such events include:
2016
2017 @itemize
2018 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2019 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2020 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2021 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2022 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2023 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2024 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2025 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2026 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2027 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2028 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2029 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2030 @end itemize
2031
2032 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2033 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2034 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2035 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2036 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2037
2038 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2039 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2040 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2041 to the various active targets.
2042 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2043 which is normally done in the background.
2044
2045 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2046 Poll the current target for its current state.
2047 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2048 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2049 specific information about the current state is printed.
2050 An optional parameter
2051 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2052
2053 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2054 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2055 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2056 @example
2057 > poll
2058 background polling: on
2059 target state: halted
2060 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2061 current mode: Supervisor
2062 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2063 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2064 >
2065 @end example
2066 @end deffn
2067
2068 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2069 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2070 @cindex config file, interface
2071 @cindex interface config file
2072
2073 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2074 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2075 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2076
2077 @quotation Note
2078 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2079 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2080 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2081 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2082 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2083 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2084 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2085 @end quotation
2086
2087 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2088 through commands in an interface configuration
2089 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2090 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2091
2092 @example
2093 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2094 @end example
2095
2096 These commands tell
2097 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2098 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2099
2100 @example
2101 # jlink interface
2102 interface jlink
2103 @end example
2104
2105 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2106
2107
2108 @section Interface Configuration
2109
2110 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2111 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2112 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2113
2114 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2115 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2116 target.
2117 @end deffn
2118
2119 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2120 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2121 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2122 @end deffn
2123 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2124 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2125 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2126 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2127 the hardware can support.
2128 @end deffn
2129
2130
2131
2132 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2133 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2134 @end deffn
2135
2136 @section Interface Drivers
2137
2138 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2139 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2140 available at run time.
2141
2142 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2143 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2144 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2145 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2146
2147 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2148 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2149 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2153 Displays status of RTCK option.
2154 Optionally sets that option first.
2155 @end deffn
2156 @end deffn
2157
2158 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2159 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2160 This has one driver-specific command:
2161
2162 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2163 Logs some status
2164 @end deffn
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2168 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2169 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2170 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2171 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2172 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2176 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2177 @end deffn
2178
2179 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2180 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2184 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2185 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2186 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2187
2188 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2189 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2190 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2191 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2192 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2193 @end deffn
2194
2195 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2196 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2197 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2198 is connected to the host.
2199 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2200 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2201 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2202 @end deffn
2203
2204 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2205 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2206 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2207 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2208 @itemize @minus
2209 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2210 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2211 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2212 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2213 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2214 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2215 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2216 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2217 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2218 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2219 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2220 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2221 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2222 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2223 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2224 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2225 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2226 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2227 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2228 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2229 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2230 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2231 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2232 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2233 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2234 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2235 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2236 @end itemize
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2240 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2241 default values are used.
2242 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2243 @example
2244 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2245 @end example
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2249 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2250 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2251 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2252 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2253 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2254 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2255 @end deffn
2256
2257 For example, the interface config file for a
2258 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2259
2260 @example
2261 interface ft2232
2262 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2263 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2264 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2265 @end example
2266 @end deffn
2267
2268 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2269 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2270 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2271 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2272
2273 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2274 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2275 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2276 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2277 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2278 @end deffn
2279
2280 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2281 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2282 default values are used.
2283 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2284 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2285 @example
2286 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2287 @end example
2288 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2289 @example
2290 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2291 @end example
2292 @end deffn
2293
2294 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2295 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2296 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2297 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2298
2299 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2300 @example
2301 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2302 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2303 @end example
2304 @end deffn
2305
2306 @end deffn
2307
2308 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2309 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2310 This has one driver-specific command:
2311
2312 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2313 Display either the address of the I/O port
2314 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2315 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2316 This is a write-once setting.
2317 @end deffn
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2321 Segger jlink USB adapter
2322 @c command: jlink caps
2323 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2324 @c command: jlink config
2325 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2326 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2327 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2328 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2329 @c set the MAC Address
2330 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2331 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2332 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2333 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2334 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2335 @c command: jlink config reset
2336 @c reset the current config
2337 @c command: jlink config save
2338 @c save the current config
2339 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2340 @c set the USB-Address,
2341 @c This will change the product id
2342 @c command: jlink info
2343 @c dumps status
2344 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2345 @c sets version 2 or 3
2346 @c command: jlink pid
2347 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2348 @end deffn
2349
2350 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2351 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2352 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2353 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2354 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2355
2356 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2357 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2358 This is a write-once setting.
2359 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2360
2361 @itemize @minus
2362 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2363 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2364 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2365 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2366 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2367 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2368 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2369 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2370 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2371 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2372 some versions of
2373 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2374 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2375 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2376 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2377 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2378 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2379 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2380 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2381 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2382 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2383 @end itemize
2384 @end deffn
2385
2386 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2387 Display either the address of the I/O port
2388 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2389 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2390 This is a write-once setting.
2391
2392 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2393 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2394 you may encounter a problem.
2395 @end deffn
2396
2397 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2398 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2399 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2400 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2401 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2402 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2403
2404 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2405 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2406 @quotation Tip
2407 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2408 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2409 @example
2410 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2411 > adapter_khz 500
2412 @end example
2413 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2414 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2415 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2416 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2417 large set of samples.
2418 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2419 @example
2420 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2421 @end example
2422 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2423 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2424
2425 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2426 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2427 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2428 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2429 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2430 @end quotation
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2434 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2435 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2436 @end deffn
2437
2438 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2439 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2440
2441 @example
2442 interface parport
2443 parport_port 0x278
2444 parport_cable wiggler
2445 @end example
2446 @end deffn
2447
2448 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2449 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2450 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2451 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2452 @end deffn
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2456 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2457 @end deffn
2458
2459 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2460 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2461 @end deffn
2462
2463 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2464 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2465
2466 @quotation Note
2467 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2468 which are not currently documented here.
2469 @end quotation
2470 @end deffn
2471
2472 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2473 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2474 @end deffn
2475
2476 @quotation Note
2477 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2478 which are not currently documented here.
2479 @end quotation
2480
2481 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2482 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2483 No arguments: print status.
2484 @end deffn
2485
2486 @section Transport Configuration
2487 @cindex Transport
2488 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2489 and the debug adapter you are using,
2490 several transports may be available to
2491 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2492 @deffn Command {transport list}
2493 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2494 version of OpenOCD.
2495 @end deffn
2496
2497 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2498 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2499 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2500 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2501 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2502 @end deffn
2503
2504 @subsection JTAG Transport
2505 @cindex JTAG
2506 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2507 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2508 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2509 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2510 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2511 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2512 @subsection SWD Transport
2513 @cindex SWD
2514 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2515 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2516 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2517 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2518 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2519 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2520 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2521 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2522 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2523 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2524 expected to change.
2525 @end deffn
2526 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2527 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2528 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2529 No parameters: displays current settings.
2530 @end deffn
2531
2532 @subsection SPI Transport
2533 @cindex SPI
2534 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2535 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2536 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2537 solution for flash programming.
2538
2539 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2540 @section JTAG Speed
2541 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2542 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2543 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2544 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2545 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2546 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2547 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2548 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2549 power management software that may be active.
2550
2551 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2552 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2553 target event handler.
2554 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2555 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2556 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2557 sets up those clocks).
2558 @xref{Target Events}.
2559 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2560 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2561 in the target config file.
2562 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2563 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2564 config file instead.
2565 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2566 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2567 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2568
2569 @example
2570 jtag_rclk 3000
2571 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2572 @end example
2573
2574 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2575 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2576 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2577 may not be the fastest solution.
2578
2579 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2580 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2581 which support adaptive clocking.
2582
2583 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2584 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2585 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2586 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2587 than the speed specified.
2588
2589 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2590 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2591 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2592 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2593
2594 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2595 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2596 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2597 JTAG clocking after setup.
2598 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2599 If the interface device can not
2600 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2601 @end deffn
2602
2603 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2604 @cindex adaptive clocking
2605 @cindex RTCK
2606 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2607 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2608 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2609 @example
2610 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2611 jtag_rclk 3000
2612 @end example
2613 @end defun
2614
2615 @node Reset Configuration
2616 @chapter Reset Configuration
2617 @cindex Reset Configuration
2618
2619 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2620 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2621 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2622 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2623 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2624 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2625 Please see the various board files for examples.
2626
2627 @quotation Note
2628 To maintainers and integrators:
2629 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2630 Normally the board configuration file
2631 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2632 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2633
2634 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2635 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2636 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2637 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2638 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2639 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2640 @end quotation
2641
2642 @section Types of Reset
2643
2644 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2645 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2646 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2647
2648 @itemize @bullet
2649 @item
2650 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2651 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2652 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2653 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2654 @item
2655 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2656 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2657 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2658 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2659 @item
2660 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2661 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2662 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2663 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2664 @item
2665 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2666 several other types of reset.
2667 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2668 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2669 There may be individual module resets.
2670 @end itemize
2671
2672 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2673 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2674 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2675 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2676 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2677 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2678 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2679 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2680 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2681
2682 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2683 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2684
2685 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2686 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2687 common issues are:
2688
2689 @itemize @bullet
2690
2691 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2692 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2693 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2694 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2695 when either of those signals is not connected.
2696 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2697 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2698 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2699 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2700
2701 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2702 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2703 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2704 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2705
2706 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2707 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2708 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2709 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2710 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2711 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2712 hardware debouncing.
2713 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2714 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2715
2716 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2717 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2718 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2719 to use push/pull output drivers.
2720 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2721 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2722 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2723 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2724
2725 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2726 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2727 issues (not limited to errata).
2728 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2729 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2730 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2731 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2732 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2733 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2734 @end itemize
2735
2736 There can also be other issues.
2737 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2738 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2739 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2740 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2741 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2742 Agreement (NDA).
2743
2744 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2745 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2746 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2747
2748 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2749 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2750
2751 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2752
2753 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2754 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2755 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2756 allowing it to be deasserted.
2757 @end deffn
2758
2759 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2760 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2761 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2762 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2763 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2764 @end deffn
2765
2766 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2767 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2768 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2769 allowing it to be deasserted.
2770 @end deffn
2771
2772 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2773 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2774 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2775 @end deffn
2776
2777 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2778 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2779 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2780 configuration scripts.
2781
2782 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2783 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2784 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2785 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2786 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2787 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2788 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2789 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2790
2791 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2792 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2793 @var{gates},
2794 @var{trst_type},
2795 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2796 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2797 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2798 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2799 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2800 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2801
2802 @itemize
2803 @item
2804 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2805 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2806 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2807 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2808 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2809
2810 @quotation Tip
2811 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2812 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2813 @end quotation
2814
2815 @item
2816 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2817 signal implementations.
2818 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2819 indicating everything behaves normally.
2820 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2821 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2822 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2823 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2824 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2825 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2826 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2827
2828 @item
2829 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2830 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2831 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2832 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2833 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2834 while SRST is asserted.
2835 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2836 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2837 @end itemize
2838
2839 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2840 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2841 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2842 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2843 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2844
2845 @itemize
2846 @item
2847 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2848 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2849 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2850 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2851
2852 @item
2853 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2854 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2855 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2856 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2857 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2858 @end itemize
2859 @end deffn
2860
2861 @section Custom Reset Handling
2862 @cindex events
2863
2864 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2865 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2866 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2867 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2868 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2869 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2870
2871 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2872 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2873 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2874 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2875 want to reset everything at once.
2876
2877 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2878 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2879 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2880 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2881 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2882 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2883 needs special attention.
2884
2885 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2886 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2887 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2888 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2889 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2890 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2891 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2892 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2893
2894 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2895 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2896 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2897 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2898 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2899
2900 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2901 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2902 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2903 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2904 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2905 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2906 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2907 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2908 or potentially some other value.
2909
2910 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2911 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2912 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2913 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2914 (or their associated targets)
2915 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2916
2917 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2918 they return.
2919 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2920 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2921 @end deffn
2922
2923 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2924 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2925 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2926 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2927 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2928 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2929 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2930 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2931 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2932 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2933 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2934 @end deffn
2935
2936 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2937 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2938 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2939 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2940 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2941 @end deffn
2942
2943
2944 @node TAP Declaration
2945 @chapter TAP Declaration
2946 @cindex TAP declaration
2947 @cindex TAP configuration
2948
2949 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2950 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2951
2952 @itemize @bullet
2953 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2954 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2955 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2956 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2957 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2958 start running that code.
2959 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2960 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2961 and missing connections
2962 @end itemize
2963
2964 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2965 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2966 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2967 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2968 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2969
2970 @section Scan Chains
2971 @cindex scan chain
2972
2973 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2974 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2975 They also need to be added to
2976 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2977 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2978 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2979 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2980 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2981 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2982 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2983 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2984
2985 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2986 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2987 command, presented in the next chapter.
2988 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2989 debugging targets.)
2990 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2991
2992 @verbatim
2993 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2994 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2995 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2996 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2997 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2998 @end verbatim
2999
3000 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3001 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3002 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3003 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3004 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3005 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3006 until they are told to do so.
3007
3008 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3009 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3010 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3011 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3012
3013 @example
3014 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3015 @end example
3016
3017 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3018 by a given chip.
3019 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3020 and so forth.
3021 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3022 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3023 a single chip and between them.
3024 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3025
3026 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3027 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3028 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3029 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3030 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3031 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3032 includes commands something like this:
3033
3034 @example
3035 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3036 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3037 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3038 @end example
3039
3040 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3041 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3042 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3043
3044 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3045 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3046 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3047 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3048 @example
3049 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3050 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3051 @}
3052 @end example
3053 @end deffn
3054
3055 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3056 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3057 and their status.
3058 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3059 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3060 but systems with a JTAG router can
3061 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3062 @end deffn
3063
3064 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3065 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3066
3067 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3068 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3069
3070 @section TAP Names
3071 @cindex dotted name
3072
3073 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3074 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3075 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3076 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3077 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3078 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3079 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3080 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3081
3082 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3083 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3084 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3085
3086 @quotation Tip
3087 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3088 This feature is still present.
3089 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3090 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3091 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3092 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3093 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3094 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3095 @end quotation
3096
3097 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3098
3099 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3100 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3101 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3102 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3103 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3104
3105 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3106 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3107 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3108 overridable.
3109
3110 @cindex TAP naming convention
3111 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3112 and should follow this convention:
3113
3114 @itemize @bullet
3115 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3116 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3117 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3118 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3119 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3120 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3121 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3122 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3123 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3124 with a single TAP;
3125 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3126 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3127 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3128 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3129 @end itemize
3130
3131 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3132
3133 @itemize @bullet
3134 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3135 @*The length in bits of the
3136 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3137 @end itemize
3138
3139 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3140
3141 @itemize @bullet
3142 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3143 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3144 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3145 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3146 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3147 (the TAP is linked in).
3148 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3149 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3150 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3151 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3152 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3153 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3154 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3155 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3156 values that were found but not included in the list.
3157
3158 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3159 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3160 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3161 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3162 hardware to find these values.
3163 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3164 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3165 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3166 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3167 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3168 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3169 the various chip IDs.
3170 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3171 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3172 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3173 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3174 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3175 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3176 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3177 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3178 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3179 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3180 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3181 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3182 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3183 @end itemize
3184 @end deffn
3185
3186 @section Other TAP commands
3187
3188 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3189 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3190 At this writing this TAP attribute
3191 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3192 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3193 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3194 See the next section for information about the available events.
3195
3196 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3197 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3198 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3199 @end deffn
3200
3201 @anchor{TAP Events}
3202 @section TAP Events
3203 @cindex events
3204 @cindex TAP events
3205
3206 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3207 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3208 The other applies to debugger targets,
3209 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3210
3211 The TAP events currently defined are:
3212
3213 @itemize @bullet
3214 @item @b{post-reset}
3215 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3216 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3217 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3218 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3219 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3220
3221 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3222 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3223 of any particular target.
3224 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3225 @item @b{setup}
3226 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3227 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3228 @item @b{tap-disable}
3229 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3230 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3231 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3232 @item @b{tap-enable}
3233 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3234 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3235 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3236 @end itemize
3237
3238 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3239 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3240 contents to be accurate), you might:
3241
3242 @example
3243 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3244 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3245 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3246 @}
3247 @end example
3248
3249
3250 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3251 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3252 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3253 @cindex jrc
3254
3255 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3256 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3257 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3258 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3259 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3260
3261 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3262 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3263 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3264 be visible.
3265 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3266 ignores, such as:
3267
3268 @itemize
3269 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3270 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3271 TAPs receive new instructions.
3272 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3273 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3274 @end itemize
3275
3276 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3277 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3278 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3279 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3280
3281 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3282 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3283
3284 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3285 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3286 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3287 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3288 should define TAP event handlers using
3289 code that looks something like this:
3290
3291 @example
3292 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3293 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3294 @}
3295 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3296 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3297 @}
3298 @end example
3299
3300 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3301
3302 @example
3303 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3304 @end example
3305
3306 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3307 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3308 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3309 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3310
3311 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3312 If necessary, disables the tap
3313 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3314 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3315 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3316 and "0" if it is disabled.
3317 @end deffn
3318
3319 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3320 If necessary, enables the tap
3321 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3322 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3323 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3324 and "0" if it is disabled.
3325 @end deffn
3326
3327 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3328 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3329 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3330 and "0" if it is disabled.
3331
3332 @quotation Note
3333 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3334 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3335 @end quotation
3336 @end deffn
3337
3338 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3339 @section Autoprobing
3340 @cindex autoprobe
3341 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3342
3343 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3344 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3345 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3346 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3347
3348 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3349 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3350 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3351 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3352 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3353 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3354 right when they come out of reset).
3355
3356 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3357
3358 @example
3359 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3360 reset_config trst_and_srst
3361 jtag_rclk 8
3362 @end example
3363
3364 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3365 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3366
3367 @enumerate
3368 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3369 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3370 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3371 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3372 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3373 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3374 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3375 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3376 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3377 that is discovered.
3378 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3379 register, it will report it.
3380 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3381 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3382 @end enumerate
3383
3384 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3385 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3386 that's a bit more complex:
3387
3388 @example
3389 clock speed 8 kHz
3390 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3391 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3392 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3393 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3394 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3395 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3396 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3397 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3398 @end example
3399
3400 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3401 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3402 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3403 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3404 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3405 and so forth.
3406
3407 @node CPU Configuration
3408 @chapter CPU Configuration
3409 @cindex GDB target
3410
3411 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3412 You can also access these targets without GDB
3413 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3414 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3415 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3416 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3417
3418 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3419 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3420
3421 @section Target List
3422 @cindex target, current
3423 @cindex target, list
3424
3425 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3426 where each member has a name.
3427 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3428 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3429 (plural!) command.
3430 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3431 look like with more than one:
3432 @verbatim
3433 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3434 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3435 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3436 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3437 @end verbatim
3438
3439 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3440 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3441 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3442 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3443 space seen by that current target.
3444 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3445 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3446 are examples; and there are many more.
3447
3448 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3449
3450 @deffn Command {target count}
3451 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3452 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3453 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3454
3455 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3456 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3457 @example
3458 set c [target count]
3459 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3460 # Assuming you have created this function
3461 print_target_details $x
3462 @}
3463 @end example
3464 @end deffn
3465
3466 @deffn Command {target current}
3467 Returns the name of the current target.
3468 @end deffn
3469
3470 @deffn Command {target names}
3471 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3472 @example
3473 foreach t [target names] @{
3474 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3475 @}
3476 @end example
3477 @end deffn
3478
3479 @deffn Command {target number} number
3480 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3481 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3482
3483 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3484 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3485 @example
3486 set thename [target number $x]
3487 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3488 @end example
3489 @end deffn
3490
3491 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3492 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3493
3494 @deffn Command targets [name]
3495 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3496 command names are singular.}
3497
3498 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3499 targets in a user friendly form.
3500
3501 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3502 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3503 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3504 @end deffn
3505
3506 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3507 @cindex target type
3508 @cindex CPU type
3509 @cindex CPU variant
3510
3511 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3512 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3513 when calling @command{target create}.
3514 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3515 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3516 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3517 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3518 what core-specific commands may be available
3519 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3520 and more.
3521
3522 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3523 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3524 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3525 worked around in some chip versions.
3526
3527 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3528 since there's a command to list them.
3529 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3530 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3531
3532 @anchor{target types}
3533 @deffn Command {target types}
3534 Lists all supported target types.
3535 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3536
3537 @itemize @bullet
3538 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3539 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3540 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3541 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3542 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3543 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3544 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3545 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3546 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3547 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3548 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3549 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3550 @itemize @minus
3551 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3552 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3553 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3554 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3555 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3556 @end itemize
3557 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3558 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3559 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3560 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3561 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3562 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3563 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3564 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3565 There are several variants defined:
3566 @itemize @minus
3567 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3568 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3569 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3570 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3571 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3572 @end itemize
3573 @end itemize
3574 @end deffn
3575
3576 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3577 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3578 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3579 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3580 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3581 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3582 reflect design generations;
3583 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3584 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3585
3586 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3587 @section Target Configuration
3588
3589 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3590 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3591 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3592 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3593 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3594
3595 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3596 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3597 optional parts.
3598 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3599 command, created as part of target creation.
3600
3601 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3602 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3603 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3604 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3605 to be much more board-specific.
3606 The key steps you use might look something like this
3607
3608 @example
3609 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3610 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3611 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3612 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3613 @end example
3614
3615 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3616 on-chip SRAM.
3617 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3618 writes to target memory;
3619 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3620 GDB memory checksumming;
3621 and more.
3622
3623 @quotation Warning
3624 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3625 inaccessible when application code
3626 (such as an operating system)
3627 enables or disables the MMU.
3628 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3629 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3630 easy access to other addresses needed.
3631 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3632 @end quotation
3633
3634 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3635 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3636 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3637 controllers.
3638 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3639 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3640 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3641
3642 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3643 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3644 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3645 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3646 purposes including additional configuration.
3647
3648 @itemize @bullet
3649 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3650 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3651 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3652 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3653
3654 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3655 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3656 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3657 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3658 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3659 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3660 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3661 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3662
3663 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3664 @end itemize
3665 @end deffn
3666
3667 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3668 The options accepted by this command may also be
3669 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3670 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3671 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3672
3673 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3674 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3675 and changing its endianness or variant.
3676
3677 @itemize @bullet
3678
3679 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3680 used to access this target.
3681
3682 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3683 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3684
3685 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3686 @xref{Target Events}.
3687 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3688 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3689 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3690 same event name assigns only one handler.
3691
3692 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3693 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3694
3695 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3696 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3697 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3698 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3699 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3700 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3701 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3702
3703 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3704 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3705 or virtual address is being used.
3706
3707 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3708 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3709
3710 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3711 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3712 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3713 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3714 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3715
3716 @end itemize
3717 @end deffn
3718
3719 @section Other $target_name Commands
3720 @cindex object command
3721
3722 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3723 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3724
3725 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3726 Once a button is created a button
3727 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3728 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3729 configure it like this:
3730
3731 @example
3732 # Create
3733 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3734 # Modify
3735 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3736 # Query
3737 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3738 # Report
3739 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3740 @end example
3741
3742 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3743 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3744
3745 @example
3746 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3747 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3748 @end example
3749
3750 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3751
3752 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3753 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3754 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3755 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3756 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3757 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3758 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3759 They are not otherwise documented here.
3760 @end deffn
3761
3762 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3763 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3764 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3765 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3766 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3767 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3768 the target side uses raw memory.
3769
3770 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3771 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3772 The script orientation comes from working with data
3773 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3774 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3775 and neither store nor return those values.
3776
3777 @itemize
3778 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3779 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3780 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3781 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3782 @end itemize
3783 @end deffn
3784
3785 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3786 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3787 @command{$target_name configure}
3788 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3789 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3790 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3791 There are a few special cases:
3792
3793 @itemize @bullet
3794 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3795 event named @var{event_name}.
3796 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3797 two parameters.
3798 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3799 This is a special case because this is set using
3800 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3801 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3802 @end itemize
3803
3804 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3805 all the targets you might use something like this:
3806
3807 @example
3808 foreach name [target names] @{
3809 set y [$name cget -endian]
3810 set z [$name cget -type]
3811 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3812 $x $name $y $z]
3813 @}
3814 @end example
3815 @end deffn
3816
3817 @anchor{target curstate}
3818 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3819 Displays the current target state:
3820 @code{debug-running},
3821 @code{halted},
3822 @code{reset},
3823 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3824 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3825 @end deffn
3826
3827 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3828 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3829 currently associated with this target.
3830 @xref{Target Events}.
3831 @end deffn
3832
3833 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3834 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3835 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3836 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3837 @end deffn
3838
3839 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3840 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3841 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3842 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3843 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3844 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3845 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3846 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3847 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3848 @end deffn
3849
3850 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3851 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3852 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3853 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3854 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3855 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3856 @end deffn
3857
3858 @anchor{Target Events}
3859 @section Target Events
3860 @cindex target events
3861 @cindex events
3862 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3863 For example:
3864 @itemize @bullet
3865 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3866 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3867 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3868 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3869 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3870 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3871 to set up system clocks or
3872 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3873 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3874 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3875 @end itemize
3876
3877 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3878 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3879 @command{target create ... -event}.
3880
3881 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3882 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3883 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3884
3885 @example
3886 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3887 echo "Reset..."
3888 reset halt
3889 @}
3890 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3891 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3892 echo "Reset..."
3893 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3894 reset init
3895 @}
3896 @end example
3897
3898 The following target events are defined:
3899
3900 @itemize @bullet
3901 @item @b{debug-halted}
3902 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3903 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3904 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3905 @item @b{early-halted}
3906 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3907 @ignore
3908 @item @b{examine-end}
3909 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3910 @item @b{examine-start}
3911 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3912 @end ignore
3913 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3914 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3915 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3916 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3917 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3918 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3919 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3920 @* When GDB disconnects
3921 @item @b{gdb-end}
3922 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3923 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3924 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3925 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3926 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3927 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3928 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3929 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3930 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3931 @item @b{gdb-start}
3932 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3933 @item @b{halted}
3934 @* The target has halted
3935 @ignore
3936 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3937 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3938 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3939 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3940 @end ignore
3941 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3942 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3943 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3944 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3945 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3946 @item @b{reset-assert}
3947 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3948 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3949 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3950 it instead of asserting SRST.
3951 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3952 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3953 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3954 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3955 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3956 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3957 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3958 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3959 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3960 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3961 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3962 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3963 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3964 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3965 released on the scan chain.
3966 @item @b{reset-end}
3967 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3968 @ignore
3969 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3970 @* Currently not used
3971 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3972 @* Currently not used
3973 @end ignore
3974 @item @b{reset-init}
3975 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3976 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3977
3978 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3979 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3980 multiplexing, and so on.
3981 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3982 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3983 @item @b{reset-start}
3984 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3985 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3986
3987 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3988 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3989 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3990 @ignore
3991 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3992 @* Currently not used
3993 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3994 @* Currently not used
3995 @end ignore
3996 @item @b{resume-start}
3997 @* Before any target is resumed
3998 @item @b{resume-end}
3999 @* After all targets have resumed
4000 @item @b{resume-ok}
4001 @* Success
4002 @item @b{resumed}
4003 @* Target has resumed
4004 @end itemize
4005
4006
4007 @node Flash Commands
4008 @chapter Flash Commands
4009
4010 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4011 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4012 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4013 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4014 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4015 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4016 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4017 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4018 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4019
4020 Flash Steps:
4021 @enumerate
4022 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4023 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4024 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4025 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4026 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4027 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4028 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4029 @item GDB Flashing
4030 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4031 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4032 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4033 @end enumerate
4034
4035 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4036 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4037 so that it can't boot.
4038 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4039 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4040
4041 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4042 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4043 @cindex flash configuration
4044
4045 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4046 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4047 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4048 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4049 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4050 see the driver-specific documentation.
4051
4052 @itemize @bullet
4053 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4054 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4055 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4056 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4057 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4058 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4059 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4060 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4061 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4062 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4063 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4064 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4065 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4066 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4067 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4068 commands to the flash controller.
4069 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4070 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4071 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4072 for more information.
4073 @end itemize
4074 @quotation Note
4075 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4076 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4077 @end quotation
4078 @end deffn
4079
4080 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4081 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4082 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4083 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4084 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4085 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4086 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4087 @end deffn
4088
4089 @deffn Command {flash list}
4090 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4091 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4092 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4093 @end deffn
4094
4095 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4096 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4097 depends on the flash type.
4098 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4099 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4100 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4101 but most don't bother.
4102 @end deffn
4103
4104 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4105 @cindex flash erasing
4106 @cindex flash reading
4107 @cindex flash writing
4108 @cindex flash programming
4109
4110 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4111 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4112 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4113 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4114 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4115
4116 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4117 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4118 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4119 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4120 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4121
4122 @quotation Note
4123 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4124 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4125 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4126 back to a flash bank.
4127 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4128 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4129 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4130 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4131 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4132 @end quotation
4133
4134 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4135 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4136 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4137 disabled first.
4138 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4139 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4140 @xref{flash protect}.
4141
4142 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4143 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4144 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4145 up to and including @var{last}.
4146 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4147 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4148 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4149 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4150 @end deffn
4151
4152 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4153 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4154 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4155 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4156 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4157 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4158 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4159 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4160 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4161 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4162 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4163 before erase starts.
4164 @end deffn
4165
4166 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4167 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4168 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4169 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4170 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4171 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4172 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4173 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4174 before issuing this command.
4175 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4176 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4177 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4178 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4179 @end deffn
4180 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4181
4182 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4183 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4184 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4185 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4186 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4187 @end deffn
4188
4189 @anchor{flash write_image}
4190 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4191 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4192 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4193 to the base address for each section in the image.
4194 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4195 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4196 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4197 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4198 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4199 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4200 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4201 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4202 each image section.
4203
4204 @quotation Warning
4205 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4206 data you want to preserve.
4207 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4208 sections might be erased with no notice.
4209 @itemize
4210 @item
4211 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4212 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4213 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4214 @item
4215 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4216 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4217 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4218 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4219 @end itemize
4220 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4221 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4222 @end quotation
4223
4224 @end deffn
4225
4226 @section Other Flash commands
4227 @cindex flash protection
4228
4229 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4230 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4231 and display that status.
4232 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4233 @end deffn
4234
4235 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4236 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4237 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4238 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4239 and possibly stale information.
4240 @end deffn
4241
4242 @anchor{flash protect}
4243 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4244 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4245 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4246 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4247 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4248 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4249 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4250 @end deffn
4251
4252 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4253 @section Flash Driver List
4254 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4255 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4256 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4257
4258 @subsection External Flash
4259
4260 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4261 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4262 @cindex CFI
4263 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4264 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4265 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4266 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4267 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4268 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4269 configure a bus and its timings), or
4270 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4271 on the flash chip.
4272 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4273 speed up operation.
4274
4275 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4276
4277 @itemize
4278 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4279 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4280 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4281 @end itemize
4282
4283 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4284 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4285
4286 @example
4287 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4288 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4289 @end example
4290
4291 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4292 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4293 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4294
4295 @example
4296 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4297 @end example
4298
4299 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4300 @end deffn
4301
4302 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4303 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4304 @cindex SMI
4305 @cindex stmsmi
4306 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4307 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4308 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4309 SPI flash devices.
4310 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4311 flash devices can be connected.
4312
4313 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4314 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4315 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4316 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4317 the flash content.
4318
4319 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4320 to identify the memory bank.
4321 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4322 flash size, are detected automatically.
4323
4324 @example
4325 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4326 @end example
4327
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4331
4332 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4333 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4334 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4335 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4336 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4337 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4338
4339 @example
4340 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4341 @end example
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4345 @cindex at91sam3
4346 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4347 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4348 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4349 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4350 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4351 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4352 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4353 chips are confirmed.}
4354
4355 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4356 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4357 the following fixed locations:
4358
4359 @example
4360 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4361 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4362 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4363 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4364 @end example
4365
4366 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4367 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4368 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4369
4370 @itemize
4371 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4372 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4373 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4374 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4375 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4376 @end itemize
4377
4378 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4379
4380 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4381 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4382 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4383 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4384 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4385 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4386 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4387
4388 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4389 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4393 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4394 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4395 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4396 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4397 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4398 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4399 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4400 @end deffn
4401
4402 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4403 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4404 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4405 @end deffn
4406 @end deffn
4407
4408 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4409 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4410 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4411 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4412 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4413
4414 @example
4415 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4416 @end example
4417
4418 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4419 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4420
4421 @itemize
4422 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4423 @item @var{banks}
4424 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4425 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4426 @item @var{pages_size}
4427 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4428 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4429 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4430 @end itemize
4431
4432 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4433 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4434 will be autoconfigured.
4435 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4436
4437 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4438 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4439 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4440 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4441 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4442
4443 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4444 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4445 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4446 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4447 are not truly general purpose).
4448 @quotation Note
4449 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4450 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4451 @end quotation
4452 @end deffn
4453 @end deffn
4454
4455 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4456 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4457 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4458 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4459 @end deffn
4460
4461 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4462 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4463 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4464 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4465 and executed.
4466 @end deffn
4467
4468 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4469 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4470 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4471
4472 @quotation Note
4473 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4474 driver:
4475 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4476 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4477 @end quotation
4478
4479 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4480 which must appear in the following order:
4481
4482 @itemize
4483 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4484 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4485 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4486 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4487 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4488 at which the core is running
4489 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4490 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4491 @quotation Note
4492 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4493 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4494 However, if you do provide it,
4495 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4496 @end quotation
4497 @end itemize
4498
4499 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4500
4501 @example
4502 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4503 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4504 @end example
4505
4506 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4507 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4508 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4509 @end deffn
4510 @end deffn
4511
4512 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4513 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4514 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4515 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4516 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4517 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4518
4519 @example
4520 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4521 @end example
4522 @end deffn
4523
4524 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4525 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4526 from NXP.
4527
4528 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4529 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4530 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4531 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4532 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4533 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4534 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4535 you start the PLL.
4536
4537 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4538
4539 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4540 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4541 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4542
4543 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4544 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4545 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4546 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4547 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4548 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4549 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4550
4551 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4552 @example
4553 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4554 @end example
4555
4556 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4557 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4558 @code{flash banks} command.
4559
4560 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4561 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4562 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4563 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4564 a known signature.
4565 Example:
4566 @example
4567 lpc2900 signature 0
4568 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4569 @end example
4570 @end deffn
4571
4572 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4573 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4574 saves it to a file in binary format.
4575 Example:
4576 @example
4577 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4578 @end example
4579 @end deffn
4580
4581 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4582 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4583 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4584 command:
4585
4586 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4587 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4588 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4589 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4590
4591 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4592 Example:
4593 @example
4594 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4595 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4596 @end example
4597 @end deffn
4598
4599 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4600 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4601 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4602 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4603 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4604 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4605 912 bytes.
4606 @quotation Attention
4607 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4608 @end quotation
4609 Example:
4610 @example
4611 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4612 @end example
4613 @end deffn
4614
4615 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4616 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4617 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4618 after the next power cycle.
4619 @quotation Attention
4620 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4621 @end quotation
4622 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4623 Example:
4624 @example
4625 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4626 flash info 0
4627 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4628 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4629 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4630 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4631 @end example
4632 @end deffn
4633
4634 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4635 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4636 effective after the next power cycle.
4637 @quotation Attention
4638 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4639 @end quotation
4640 Examples:
4641 @example
4642 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4643 @end example
4644 @end deffn
4645 @end deffn
4646
4647 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4648 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4649
4650 @example
4651 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4652 @end example
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4656 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4657 and integrate flash memory.
4658
4659 @example
4660 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4661 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4662 @end example
4663
4664 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4665 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4666 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4667 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4668 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4669 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4670 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4671 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4672 @end deffn
4673 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4674 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4675 This will remove any Code Protection.
4676 @end deffn
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4680 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4681 Texas Instruments
4682 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4683 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4684 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4685 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4686 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4687 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4688
4689 @example
4690 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4691 @end example
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4695 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4696 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4697 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4698 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4699 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4700
4701 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4702 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4703 @quotation Warning
4704 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4705 applied to all of them.
4706 @end quotation
4707 @end deffn
4708
4709 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4710 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4711 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4712 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4713 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4714
4715 @example
4716 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4717 @end example
4718
4719 Some stm32x-specific commands
4720 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4721 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4722 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4723 are defined:
4724
4725 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4726 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4727 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4731 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4732 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4733 @end deffn
4734
4735 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4736 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4737 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4738 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4742 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4743 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4744 @end deffn
4745 @end deffn
4746
4747 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4748 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4749 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4750 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4751 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4752
4753 @example
4754 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4755 @end example
4756
4757 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4758 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4759 for the specified flash bank.
4760 @end deffn
4761 @end deffn
4762
4763 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4764 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4765 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4766 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4767 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4768
4769 @example
4770 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4771 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4772 @end example
4773
4774 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4775 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4776 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4777
4778 @itemize @bullet
4779 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4780 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4781 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4782 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4783 @end itemize
4784 @end deffn
4785
4786 @end deffn
4787
4788 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4789 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4790 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4791 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4792
4793 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4794
4795 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4796 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4800 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4804 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4805 the flash clock.
4806 @end deffn
4807 @end deffn
4808
4809 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4810 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4811 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4812
4813 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4814
4815 @itemize
4816 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4817 @end itemize
4818
4819 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4820 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4821 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4822 @example
4823 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4824 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4825 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4826 @end example
4827 @end deffn
4828
4829 @subsection str9xpec driver
4830 @cindex str9xpec
4831
4832 Here is some background info to help
4833 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4834 the str9:
4835 @enumerate
4836 @item
4837 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4838 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4839 @item
4840 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4841 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4842 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4843 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4844 @end enumerate
4845
4846 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4847 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4848 configured for flash bank 0.
4849 @example
4850 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4851 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4852 jtag_reset 0 1
4853 # turn off target polling
4854 poll off
4855 # disable str9 core
4856 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4857 # read option bytes
4858 str9xpec options_read 0
4859 # re-enable str9 core
4860 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4861 poll on
4862 reset halt
4863 @end example
4864 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4865 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4866 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4867 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4868
4869 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4870 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4871 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4872 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4873 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4874
4875 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4876
4877 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4878 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4882 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4883 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4884 @end deffn
4885
4886 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4887 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4888 erase the device.
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4892 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4893 @end deffn
4894
4895 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4896 Configure str9 boot bank.
4897 @end deffn
4898
4899 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4900 Configure str9 lvd source.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4904 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4908 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4912 Read str9 option bytes.
4913 @end deffn
4914
4915 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4916 Write str9 option bytes.
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4920 unlock str9 device.
4921 @end deffn
4922
4923 @end deffn
4924
4925
4926 @section mFlash
4927
4928 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4929 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4930
4931 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4932 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4933 address @var{base}.
4934 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4935 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4936
4937 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4938
4939 @example
4940 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4941 @end example
4942
4943 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4944
4945 @example
4946 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4947 @end example
4948 @end deffn
4949
4950 @subsection mFlash commands
4951 @cindex mFlash commands
4952
4953 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4954 Configure mflash PLL.
4955 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4956 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4957 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4958 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4962 Configure bootable option.
4963 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4964 (4kB) for boot.
4965 @end deffn
4966
4967 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4968 Configure storage information.
4969 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4970 written.
4971 @end deffn
4972
4973 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4974 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4975 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4976 @end deffn
4977
4978 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4979 Probe mflash.
4980 @end deffn
4981
4982 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4983 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4984 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4985 @end deffn
4986
4987 @node NAND Flash Commands
4988 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4989 @cindex NAND
4990
4991 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4992 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4993 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4994
4995 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4996 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4997 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4998 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4999 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5000 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5001
5002 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5003 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5004 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5005 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5006 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5007 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5008 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5009 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5010 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5011 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5012
5013 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5014 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5015 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5016 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5017 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5018 every 512 bytes of data.
5019
5020 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5021 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5022 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5023 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5024 ECC mode is used.
5025
5026 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5027 @enumerate
5028 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5029 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5030 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5031 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5032 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5033 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5034 to access that device.
5035 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5036 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5037 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5038 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5039 de-brick a board.
5040 @end enumerate
5041
5042 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5043 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5044 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5045 are only 32 bits wide.
5046 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5047 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5048 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5049 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5050
5051 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5052 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5053 @cindex NAND configuration
5054
5055 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5056 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5057 OpenOCD has initialized.
5058
5059 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5060 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5061 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5062 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5063 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5064 they were a single (larger) device.
5065 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5066 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5067
5068 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5069 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5070 configuration files, not interactively.
5071
5072 @itemize @bullet
5073 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5074 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5075 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5076 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5077 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5078 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5079 commands to the NAND controller.
5080 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5081 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5082 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5083 for more information.
5084 @end itemize
5085 @end deffn
5086
5087 @deffn Command {nand list}
5088 Prints a summary of each device declared
5089 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5090 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5091 @example
5092 > nand list
5093 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5094 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5095 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5096 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5097 >
5098 @end example
5099 @end deffn
5100
5101 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5102 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5103 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5104 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5105 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5106 it with most other NAND commands.
5107 @end deffn
5108
5109 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5110
5111 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5112 @cindex NAND reading
5113 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5114 starting at the specified offset.
5115 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5116
5117 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5118 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5119
5120 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5121 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5122 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5123
5124 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5125 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5126 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5127 method which handled that error correction.
5128
5129 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5130 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5131 @itemize @bullet
5132 @item no oob_* parameter
5133 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5134 @item @code{oob_raw}
5135 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5136 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5137 spare areas associated with each data page.
5138 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5139 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5140 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5141 @item @code{oob_only}
5142 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5143 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5144 spare areas associated with each data page.
5145 @end itemize
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5149 @cindex NAND erasing
5150 @cindex NAND programming
5151 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5152 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5153 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5154 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5155 If those parameters are not specified,
5156 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5157 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5158
5159 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5160 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5161 block marker.
5162 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5163 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5164 @end deffn
5165
5166 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5167 @cindex NAND writing
5168 @cindex NAND programming
5169 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5170 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5171 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5172 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5173
5174 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5175 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5176
5177 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5178 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5179 past the end of the device.
5180 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5181 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5182 if that's being written.)
5183
5184 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5185 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5186 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5187
5188 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5189 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5190 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5191 @itemize @bullet
5192 @item no oob_* parameter
5193 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5194 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5195 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5196 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5197 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5198 @item @code{oob_only}
5199 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5200 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5201 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5202 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5203 @item @code{oob_raw}
5204 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5205 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5206 un-altered OOB.
5207 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5208 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5209 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5210 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5211 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5212 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5213 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5214 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5215 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5216 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5217 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5218 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5219 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5220 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5221 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5222 @end itemize
5223 @end deffn
5224
5225 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5226 @cindex NAND verification
5227 @cindex NAND programming
5228 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5229 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5230 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5231
5232 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5233 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5234
5235 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5236 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5237 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5238 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5239 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5240
5241 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5242 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5243 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5244
5245 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5246 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5247 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5248 be removed in a future release.
5249 @end deffn
5250
5251 @section Other NAND commands
5252 @cindex NAND other commands
5253
5254 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5255 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5256 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5257 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5258 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5259 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5260 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5261 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5262
5263 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5264 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5265 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5266 @end deffn
5267
5268 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5269 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5270 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5271 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5272 status for each block.
5273 @end deffn
5274
5275 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5276 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5277 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5278
5279 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5280 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5281 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5282 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5283 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5284
5285 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5286 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5287 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5288 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5289 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5290 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5291 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5292 @end deffn
5293
5294 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5295 @section NAND Driver List
5296 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5297 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5298 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5299
5300 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5301 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5302 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5303 address of the ECC controller.
5304 @example
5305 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5306 @end example
5307 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5308 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5309 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5310 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5311 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5312 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5313 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5314 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5315 @end deffn
5316 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5317 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5318 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5319 @end deffn
5320
5321 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5322 properly configured for input or output.
5323 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5324 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5325 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5326 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5327 @end deffn
5328 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5329 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5330 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5331 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5332 @end deffn
5333 @end deffn
5334
5335 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5336 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5337 chips from Texas Instruments.
5338 It takes three extra parameters:
5339 address of the NAND chip;
5340 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5341 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5342 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5343 @example
5344 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5345 @end example
5346 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5347 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5348 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5349 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5350 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5351 @end deffn
5352
5353 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5354 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5355 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5356 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5357 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5358 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5359 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5360 @end deffn
5361
5362 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5363 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5364 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5365 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5366 @end deffn
5367 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5368
5369 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5370 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5371 parameter: the address of the controller.
5372 @example
5373 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5374 @end example
5375 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5376 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5377 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5378 change any behavior.
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5382 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5383 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5384 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5385 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5386 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5387 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5388 specialized commands.
5389 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5390 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5391 change any behavior.
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5395 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5396 @cindex PLD
5397 @cindex FPGA
5398
5399 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5400 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5401 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5402 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5403 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5404 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5405 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5406
5407 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5408
5409 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5410 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5411 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5412
5413 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5414 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5415
5416 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5417 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5418 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5419 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5420 behavior.
5421 @end deffn
5422
5423 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5424 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5428 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5429 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5430 @end deffn
5431
5432 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5433
5434 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5435 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5436 that particular type of PLD.
5437
5438 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5439 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5440 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5441 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5442 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5443
5444 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5445 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5446 for FPGA @var{num}.
5447 @end deffn
5448 @end deffn
5449
5450 @node General Commands
5451 @chapter General Commands
5452 @cindex commands
5453
5454 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5455 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5456 commands are documented elsewhere.
5457
5458 Intent:
5459 @itemize @bullet
5460 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5461 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5462 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5463 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5464
5465 @item @b{From the human}
5466 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5467 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5468
5469 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5470 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5471 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5472
5473 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5474 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5475 port is 5555.
5476 @end itemize
5477
5478
5479 @section Daemon Commands
5480
5481 @deffn {Command} exit
5482 Exits the current telnet session.
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5486 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5487 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5488 Not every command provides helptext.
5489
5490 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5491 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5492 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5493 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5494 @end deffn
5495
5496 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5497 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5498 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5499 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5500 Useful in connection with script files
5501 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5502 @end deffn
5503
5504 @deffn Command shutdown
5505 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @anchor{debug_level}
5509 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5510 @cindex message level
5511 Display debug level.
5512 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5513 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5514 Level 0 is error messages only;
5515 level 1 adds warnings;
5516 level 2 adds informational messages;
5517 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5518 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5519 the command line along with the location of that log
5520 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5521 @xref{Running}.
5522 @end deffn
5523
5524 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5525 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5526 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5527 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5528 @example
5529 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5530 @end example
5531 @end deffn
5532
5533 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5534 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5535 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5539 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5540 @end deffn
5541
5542 @anchor{Target State handling}
5543 @section Target State handling
5544 @cindex reset
5545 @cindex halt
5546 @cindex target initialization
5547
5548 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5549 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5550 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5551 a current target which is used to perform the
5552 various operations. The current target may be changed
5553 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5554 target which should become current.
5555
5556 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5557 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5558 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5559 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5560 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5561
5562 @emph{With no arguments}:
5563 list all available registers for the current target,
5564 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5565 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5566 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5567 are flagged as such.
5568
5569 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5570
5571 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5572 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5573 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5574 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5575 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5576 relevant module will flush such values.
5577
5578 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5579 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5580
5581 @example
5582 > reg
5583 ===== ARM registers
5584 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5585 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5586 (2) r2 (/32)
5587 ...
5588 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5589 >
5590 @end example
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5594 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5595 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5596 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5597 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5598 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5599 (and enter debug mode).
5600 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5601
5602 @quotation Warning
5603 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5604 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5605 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5606 power mode by gating the core clock;
5607 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5608
5609 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5610 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5611 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5612 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5613 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5614 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5615
5616 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5617 work with a JTAG debugger.
5618 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5619 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5620 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5621 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5622 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5623 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5624 @end quotation
5625
5626 @end deffn
5627
5628 @deffn Command resume [address]
5629 Resume the target at its current code position,
5630 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5631 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5632 @end deffn
5633
5634 @deffn Command step [address]
5635 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5636 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @anchor{Reset Command}
5640 @deffn Command reset
5641 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5642 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5643 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5644 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5645 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5646 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5647
5648 The optional parameter specifies what should
5649 happen after the reset.
5650 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5651 The other options will not work on all systems.
5652 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5653
5654 @itemize @minus
5655 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5656 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5657 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5658 @end itemize
5659 @end deffn
5660
5661 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5662 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5663 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5664 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5665 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5666 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5667 state.
5668 @end deffn
5669
5670 @section I/O Utilities
5671
5672 These commands are available when
5673 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5674 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5675 notably the ZY1000.
5676 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5677
5678 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5679
5680 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5681 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5682 the text file @file{filename}.
5683 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5684 The last string is followed by a newline.
5685 @end deffn
5686
5687 @deffn Command cat filename
5688 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5689 @end deffn
5690
5691 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5692 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5693 into @file{dest_filename}.
5694 @end deffn
5695
5696 @deffn Command ip
5697 @emph{No description provided.}
5698 @end deffn
5699
5700 @deffn Command ls
5701 @emph{No description provided.}
5702 @end deffn
5703
5704 @deffn Command mac
5705 @emph{No description provided.}
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @deffn Command meminfo
5709 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5710 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5711 @end deffn
5712
5713 @deffn Command peek
5714 @emph{No description provided.}
5715 @end deffn
5716
5717 @deffn Command poke
5718 @emph{No description provided.}
5719 @end deffn
5720
5721 @deffn Command rm filename
5722 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5723 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @deffn Command trunc filename
5727 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5728 @end deffn
5729
5730 @anchor{Memory access}
5731 @section Memory access commands
5732 @cindex memory access
5733
5734 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5735 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5736 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5737 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5738
5739 @enumerate
5740 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5741 to change the current target.
5742 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5743 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5744 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5745 @end enumerate
5746
5747 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5748 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5749 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5750 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5751 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5752 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5753 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5754 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5755 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5756 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5757 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5758 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5759 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5763 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5764 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5765 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5766 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5767 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5768 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5769 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5770 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5771 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5772 @end deffn
5773
5774
5775 @anchor{Image access}
5776 @section Image loading commands
5777 @cindex image loading
5778 @cindex image dumping
5779
5780 @anchor{dump_image}
5781 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5782 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5783 binary file named @var{filename}.
5784 @end deffn
5785
5786 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5787 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5788 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5789 @end deffn
5790
5791 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5792 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5793 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5794 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5795 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5796 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5797 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5798 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5799 separately.
5800 @end deffn
5801
5802 @anchor{load_image}
5803 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5804 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5805 The file format may optionally be specified
5806 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
5807 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5808 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5809 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5810 @example
5811 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5812 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5813 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5814 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5815 @}
5816 @end example
5817 @end deffn
5818
5819 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5820 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5821 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5822 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5823 The file format may optionally be specified
5824 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5825 @end deffn
5826
5827 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5828 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5829 The file format may optionally be specified
5830 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5831 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5832 @end deffn
5833
5834
5835 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5836 @cindex breakpoint
5837 @cindex watchpoint
5838
5839 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5840 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5841 watchpoints.
5842 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5843
5844 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5845 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5846 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5847 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5848 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5849 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5850
5851 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5852 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5856 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5857 @end deffn
5858
5859 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5860 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5861 @end deffn
5862
5863 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5864 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5865 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5866 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5867 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5868 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5869 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5870 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5871 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5872 @end deffn
5873
5874 @section Misc Commands
5875
5876 @cindex profiling
5877 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5878 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5879 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5880 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5881 @end deffn
5882
5883 @deffn Command {version}
5884 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5885 @end deffn
5886
5887 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5888 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5889 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5893 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5894 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5895 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5896
5897 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5898 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5899 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5900 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5901
5902 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5903 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5904 @cindex tracing
5905 @cindex ETM
5906 @cindex ETB
5907
5908 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5909 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5910 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5911
5912 @itemize
5913 @item
5914 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5915 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5916 supports such an interface.
5917 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5918 and trace port support.)
5919 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5920 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5921 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5922 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5923 in the board-specific configuration file.
5924 @item
5925 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5926 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5927 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5928 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5929 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5930 @end itemize
5931
5932 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5933
5934 @quotation Issues
5935 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5936 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5937
5938 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5939 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5940 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5941 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5942 dummy trace port driver}.
5943
5944 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5945 as well as tracing only during specific states
5946 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5947
5948 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5949 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5950 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5951 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5952 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5953
5954 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5955 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5956 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5957 this original style of JTAG access.
5958 @end quotation
5959
5960 @subsection ETM Configuration
5961 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5962
5963 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5964 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5965 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5966
5967 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5968 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5969 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5970 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5971 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5972 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5973 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5974 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5975 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5976
5977 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5978 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5979 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5980
5981 @quotation Warning
5982 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5983 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5984 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5985 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5986 @end quotation
5987
5988 @quotation Note
5989 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5990 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5991 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5992 what CPU activities are traced.
5993 @end quotation
5994 @end deffn
5995
5996 @deffn Command {etm info}
5997 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5998 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5999 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6000 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6001 @end deffn
6002
6003 @deffn Command {etm status}
6004 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6005 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6006 Did trace data overflow?
6007 Was it triggered?
6008 @end deffn
6009
6010 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6011 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6012 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6013 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6014 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6015
6016 @itemize
6017 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6018 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6019 The value is one of
6020 @option{none} (save nothing),
6021 @option{data} (save data),
6022 @option{address} (save addresses),
6023 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6024 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6025 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6026 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6027 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6028 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6029 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6030 trace stream without an image of the code.
6031 @end itemize
6032 @end deffn
6033
6034 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6035 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6036 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6037 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6038 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6039
6040 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6041 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6042 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6043 @end deffn
6044
6045 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6046
6047 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6048 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6049 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6050
6051 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6052 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6053 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6054 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6055 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6056 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6057 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6058
6059 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6060
6061 @itemize
6062 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6063 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6064 for instruction access within that function's body.
6065 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6066 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6067 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6068 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6069 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6070 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6071 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6072 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6073 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6074 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6075 @item @emph{... more}
6076 @end itemize
6077
6078 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6079 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6080
6081 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6082 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6083 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6084 @end deffn
6085
6086 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6087 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6088 @end deffn
6089
6090 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6091 Opens an image file.
6092 @end deffn
6093
6094 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6095 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6096 @end deffn
6097
6098 @deffn Command {etm start}
6099 Starts trace data collection.
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6103 Stops trace data collection.
6104 @end deffn
6105
6106 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6107 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6108
6109 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6110
6111 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6112 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6113 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6114 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6115 any trace data collection.}
6116 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6117 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6118 @end deffn
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6122 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6123 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6124 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6125 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6126 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6127 @end deffn
6128 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6129 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6130 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6131 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6132 trace trigger becomes active.
6133
6134 @itemize
6135 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6136 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6137 afterwards.
6138 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6139 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6140 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6141 what caused that event to happen.
6142 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6143 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6144 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6145 how the event caused trouble.
6146 @end itemize
6147 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6148 @end deffn
6149
6150 @end deffn
6151
6152 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6153 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6154 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6155 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6156 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6157
6158 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6159 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6160
6161 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6162 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6163 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6164 @end deffn
6165
6166 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6167 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6171 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6172 @end deffn
6173 @end deffn
6174
6175
6176 @section Generic ARM
6177 @cindex ARM
6178
6179 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6180 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6181 commands that may be available.
6182
6183 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6184 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6185 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6186 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6187 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6188 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6189 @end deffn
6190
6191 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6192 @cindex disassemble
6193 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6194 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6195 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6196 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6197 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6198 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6199 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6200
6201 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6202 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6203 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6204 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6205 with a handful of exceptions.
6206 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6207 @end deffn
6208
6209 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6210 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6211 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6212 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6213 and using the MCR instruction.
6214 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6215 an ARM register.)
6216 @end deffn
6217
6218 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6219 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6220 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6221 and the MRC instruction.
6222 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6223 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6224 an ARM register.)
6225 @end deffn
6226
6227 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6228 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6229 core mode if necessary.
6230 @end deffn
6231
6232 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6233 @cindex ARM semihosting
6234 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6235
6236 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6237 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6238 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6239 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6240 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6241 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6242 @end deffn
6243
6244 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6245 @cindex ARMv4
6246 @cindex ARMv5
6247
6248 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6249 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6250 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6251 variant.
6252
6253 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6254 @cindex ARM7
6255 @cindex ARM9
6256
6257 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6258 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6259 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6260 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6261
6262 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6263 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6264 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6265 instead of breakpoints.
6266 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6267
6268 This should be
6269 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6270 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6271 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6275 @cindex DCC
6276 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6277 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6278 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6279
6280 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6281 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6282 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6286 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6287 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6288 that don't check completion of the operation.
6289 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6290
6291 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6292 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6293 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6294 @end deffn
6295
6296 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6297 @cindex ARM720T
6298
6299 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6300 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6301 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6302 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6303
6304 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6305 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6306 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6307
6308 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6309 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6310 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6314 @cindex ARM9
6315
6316 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6317 integer processors.
6318 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6319
6320 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6321 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6322 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6323 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6324
6325 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6326 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6327 @cindex vector_catch
6328 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6329 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6330 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6331 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6332 to those hardware vectors.
6333
6334 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6335 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6336 vector catch hardware to intercept
6337 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6338 @option{none} of them,
6339 or a list with one or more of the following:
6340 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6341 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6345 @cindex ARM920T
6346
6347 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6348 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6349 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6350 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6351 and ARM9 commands.
6352
6353 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6354 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6355 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6356 @end deffn
6357
6358 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6359 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6360 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6361 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6362 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6363 (Not all registers can be written.)
6364 @end deffn
6365
6366 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6367 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6368 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6369
6370 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6371 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6372 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6373 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6374 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6375 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6379 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6383 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6384 @end deffn
6385
6386 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6387 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6388
6389 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6390 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6391 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6392 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6393 and ARM9 commands.
6394
6395 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6396 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6397
6398 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6399 Print information about the caches found.
6400 @end deffn
6401
6402 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6403 @cindex ARM966E
6404
6405 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6406 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6407 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6408 and ARM9 commands.
6409
6410 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6411 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6412 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6413 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6414 ARM966E-S TRM.
6415 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6416 as required for BIST support.
6417 @end deffn
6418
6419 @subsection XScale specific commands
6420 @cindex XScale
6421
6422 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6423
6424 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6425 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6426 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6427 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6428 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6429 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6430 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6431
6432 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6433 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6434 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6435 the mini-IC.
6436
6437 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6438 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6439 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6440 code layout in memory:
6441 @example
6442 _vectors:
6443 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6444 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6445 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6446 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6447 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6448 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6449 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6450 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6451 .org 0x100
6452 .long real_reset_vector
6453 .long real_ui_handler
6454 .long real_swi_handler
6455 .long real_pf_abort
6456 .long real_data_abort
6457 .long 0 /* unused */
6458 .long real_irq_handler
6459 .long real_fiq_handler
6460 @end example
6461
6462 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6463 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6464 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6465 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6466 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6467 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6468 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6469 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6470 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6471 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6472 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6473 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6474 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6475 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6476 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6477 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6478 software.
6479
6480 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6481 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6482 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6483 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6484
6485 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6486 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6487 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6488 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6489 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6490 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6491 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6492 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6493 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6494
6495 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6496 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6497
6498 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6499 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6503 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6507 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6511 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6512 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6516 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6520 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6524 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6525 @end deffn
6526
6527 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6528 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6529 @end deffn
6530
6531 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6532 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6533 @end deffn
6534
6535 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6536 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6537 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6538 and modifying how it is emptied.
6539 @end deffn
6540
6541 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6542 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6543 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6544 The image @var{type} may be one of
6545 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6546 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6547 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6548 @end deffn
6549
6550 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6551 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6552 @cindex vector_catch
6553 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6554 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6555
6556 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6557 @example
6558 0x01 Trap Reset
6559 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6560 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6561 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6562 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6563 0x20 reserved
6564 0x40 Trap IRQ
6565 0x80 Trap FIQ
6566 @end example
6567 @end deffn
6568
6569 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6570 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6571 @cindex vector_table
6572
6573 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6574 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6575 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6576 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6577 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6578
6579 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6580
6581 @end deffn
6582
6583 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6584 @cindex ARMv6
6585
6586 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6587 @cindex ARM11
6588
6589 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6590 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6591 which is enabled by default.
6592 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6593 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6594 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6595 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6596 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6597 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6598 @end deffn
6599
6600 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6601 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6602 which is enabled by default.
6603 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6604 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6605 @end deffn
6606
6607 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6608 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6609 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6610 they are disabled by default.
6611 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6612 @end deffn
6613
6614 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6615 @cindex vector_catch
6616 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6617 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6618 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6619
6620 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6621 for certain hardware events.
6622 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6623 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6624 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6625 @end deffn
6626
6627 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6628 @cindex ARMv7
6629
6630 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6631 @cindex Debug Access Port
6632 @cindex DAP
6633 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6634 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6635 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6636
6637 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6638 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6639 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6640 @end deffn
6641
6642 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6643 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6644 @end deffn
6645
6646 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6647 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6648 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6649 @end deffn
6650
6651 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6652 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6653 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6657 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6658 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6659 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6660 @end deffn
6661
6662 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6663 @cindex Cortex-M3
6664
6665 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6666 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6670 @cindex vector_catch
6671 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6672 for certain hardware events.
6673
6674 Parameters request interception of
6675 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6676 @option{none} of them,
6677 or one or more of the following:
6678 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6679 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6680 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6681 @option{irq_err},
6682 @option{state_err},
6683 @option{chk_err}, or
6684 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6685 @option{reset}.
6686 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6687 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6688 are mapped to HardFault.
6689 UsageFault checks for
6690 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6691 must also be explicitly enabled.
6692
6693 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6694 @end deffn
6695
6696 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6697 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6698 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6699 @itemize @minus
6700 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6701 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6702 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6703 @end itemize
6704 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6705 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6706 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6707 the peripherals.
6708 @xref{Target Events}.
6709 @end deffn
6710
6711 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6712 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6713 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6714 @cindex tracing
6715 @cindex libdcc
6716 @cindex DCC
6717 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6718 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6719 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6720 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6721
6722 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6723 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6724 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6725 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6726 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6727 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6728
6729 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6730 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6731 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6732 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6733 The target being debugged may
6734 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6735 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6736 each supported by a command:
6737
6738 @itemize
6739 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6740 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6741 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6742 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6743
6744 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6745 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6746 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6747
6748 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6749 and then displayed at any time.
6750 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6751
6752 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6753 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6754 @end itemize
6755
6756 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6757 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6758 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6759 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6760 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6761 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6762 does the same thing.
6763
6764 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6765 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6766 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6767 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6768 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6769
6770 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6771 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6772 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6773 @end deffn
6774
6775 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6776 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6777 in the order they triggered.
6778 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6779 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6780 history records.
6781 @end deffn
6782
6783 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6784 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6785 they have been triggered.
6786 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6787 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6788 and associates it with that identifier.
6789
6790 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6791 are not related except by this command.
6792 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6793 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6794 @end deffn
6795
6796
6797 @node JTAG Commands
6798 @chapter JTAG Commands
6799 @cindex JTAG Commands
6800 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6801 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6802 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6803 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6804 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6805
6806 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6807 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6808
6809 @itemize @bullet
6810 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6811 devices such as a CPUs.
6812 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6813 standard state machine (in parallel)
6814 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6815 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6816 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6817 while the reading previous ones.
6818 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6819 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6820 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6821 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6822 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6823 registers.
6824 @end itemize
6825
6826 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6827
6828 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6829 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6830 the order of TAP state transitions.
6831 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6832 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6833 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6834 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6835 these commands are not available.
6836
6837 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6838 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6839 that specify the entire register.
6840 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6841 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6842 The return value holds the original value of each
6843 of those fields.
6844
6845 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6846 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6847 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6848 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6849 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6850
6851 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6852 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6853
6854 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6855 in that state.
6856 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6857 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6858 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6859
6860 @quotation Warning
6861 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6862 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6863 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6864 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6865 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6866 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6867 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6868 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6869 @end quotation
6870 @end deffn
6871
6872 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6873 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6874 This may be used for performance tuning.
6875
6876 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6877 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6878 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6879 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6880 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6881 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6882 @end deffn
6883
6884 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6885 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6886 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6887 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6888 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6889 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6890
6891 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6892 in that state.
6893 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6894 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6895 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6896
6897 @quotation Note
6898 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6899 register values, unlike data register values.
6900 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6901 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6902 @end quotation
6903 @end deffn
6904
6905 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6906 Set values of reset signals.
6907 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6908 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6909 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6910 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6911 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6912 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6913 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6914
6915 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6916 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6917 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6918 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6919 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6920 instead of the TRST signal.
6921 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6922 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6923 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6924 with handlers for that event.
6925 @end deffn
6926
6927 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6928 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6929 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6930 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6931 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6932 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6933 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6934 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6935 The final state must also be stable.
6936 @end deffn
6937
6938 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6939 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6940 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6941 Instructions often need some time
6942 to execute before they take effect.
6943 @end deffn
6944
6945 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6946 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6947
6948 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6949 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6950 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6951 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6952 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6953 @end deffn
6954
6955 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6956 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6957 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6958 must also be enabled.
6959 Default is enabled.
6960 @end deffn
6961
6962 @section TAP state names
6963 @cindex TAP state names
6964
6965 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6966 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6967 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6968 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6969
6970 @itemize @bullet
6971 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6972 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6973 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6974 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6975 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6976 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6977 through the data register
6978 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6979 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6980 for update or more shifting
6981 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6982 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6983 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6984 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6985 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6986 through the instruction register
6987 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6988 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6989 for update or more shifting
6990 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6991 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6992 @end itemize
6993
6994 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6995 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6996 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6997 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6998
6999 @itemize @bullet
7000 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7001 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7002 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7003 may not be as expected.
7004 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7005 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7006 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7007 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7008 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7009 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7010 @end itemize
7011
7012 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7013 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7014
7015 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7016 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7017 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7018 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7019
7020 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7021 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7022 @cindex SVF
7023
7024 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7025 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7026 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7027 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7028
7029 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7030 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7031 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7032 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7033 each command is logged before it is executed.
7034 @end deffn
7035
7036 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7037 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7038 @cindex XSVF
7039
7040 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7041 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7042 Xilinx devices.
7043 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7044 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7045
7046 @quotation Important
7047 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7048 @end quotation
7049
7050 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7051 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7052 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7053 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7054 that TAP.
7055 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7056 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7057 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7058 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7059 @end deffn
7060
7061 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7062 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7063 after building the software.
7064 You may find them useful:
7065
7066 @itemize
7067 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7068 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7069 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7070 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7071 @end itemize
7072
7073 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7074 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7075 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7076 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7077 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7078 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7079 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7080
7081
7082 @node TFTP
7083 @chapter TFTP
7084 @cindex TFTP
7085 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7086 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7087
7088 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7089 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7090 server (tftpd). For example,
7091
7092 @example
7093 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7094 @end example
7095
7096 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7097 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7098
7099 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7100 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7101 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7102 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7103
7104 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7105 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7106 @cindex GDB
7107 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7108 to debug remote targets.
7109 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7110
7111 @itemize
7112 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7113 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7114 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7115 as shown in this chapter.
7116 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7117 that also will probably need to be configured.
7118 @end itemize
7119
7120 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7121 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7122 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7123 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7124 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7125 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7126
7127 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7128 @section Connecting to GDB
7129 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7130 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7131 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7132 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7133 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7134
7135 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7136
7137 @enumerate
7138 @item
7139 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7140 @example
7141 target remote localhost:3333
7142 @end example
7143 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7144 @item
7145 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7146 @example
7147 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7148 @end example
7149 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7150 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7151 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7152 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7153 @end enumerate
7154
7155 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7156 GDB command line.
7157
7158 @section Sample GDB session startup
7159
7160 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7161 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7162 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7163 small ARM program.
7164 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7165 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7166
7167 @example
7168 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7169 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7170 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7171 ...
7172 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7173 ...
7174 (gdb) load
7175 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7176 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7177 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7178 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7179 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7180 (gdb) continue
7181 Continuing.
7182 ...
7183 @end example
7184
7185 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7186 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7187 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7188 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7189
7190 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7191
7192 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7193 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7194 packet size and the device's memory map.
7195 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7196 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7197 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7198
7199 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7200 You may need to set those up by hand.
7201 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7202 something like:
7203
7204 @example
7205 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7206 @end example
7207
7208 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7209
7210 @example
7211 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7212 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7213 @end example
7214
7215 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7216 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7217 do not have such restrictions.
7218
7219 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7220 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7221 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7222
7223 @example
7224 define hook-step
7225 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7226 end
7227 define hookpost-step
7228 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7229 end
7230 @end example
7231
7232 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7233 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7234 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7235 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7236
7237 @section Programming using GDB
7238 @cindex Programming using GDB
7239
7240 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7241 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7242 @example
7243 gdb_memory_map disable
7244 @end example
7245 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7246 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7247 working area.
7248
7249 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7250 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7251 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7252 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7253
7254 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7255 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7256
7257 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7258 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7259 @example
7260 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7261 @end example
7262
7263 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7264 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7265
7266 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7267 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7268 will be used.
7269
7270 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7271 script can be executed:
7272 @example
7273 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7274 @end example
7275
7276 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7277 can be used.
7278
7279 @node Tcl Scripting API
7280 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7281 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7282 @cindex Tcl scripts
7283 @section API rules
7284
7285 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7286 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7287 information as an argument to each proc.
7288
7289 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7290 pair list and lists.
7291
7292 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7293 list.
7294
7295 @verbatim
7296
7297 > set foo(me) Duane
7298 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7299 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7300 > set foo(duck) Donald
7301
7302 If one does this:
7303
7304 > set foo
7305
7306 The result is:
7307
7308 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7309
7310 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7311
7312 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7313 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7314 }
7315 @end verbatim
7316
7317 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7318 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7319
7320 @section Internal low-level Commands
7321
7322 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7323
7324 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7325 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7326 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7327
7328 @itemize @bullet
7329 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7330
7331 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7332 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7333
7334 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7335 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7336
7337 Return information about the flash banks
7338 @end itemize
7339
7340 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7341 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7342 called "flash_banks".
7343
7344 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7345
7346 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7347 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7348 holds one of the following values:
7349
7350 @itemize @bullet
7351 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7352 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7353 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7354 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7355 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7356 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7357 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7358 @end itemize
7359
7360 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7361
7362 @quotation Note
7363 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7364 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7365 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7366 is jim, not real tcl).
7367 @end quotation
7368
7369 @node FAQ
7370 @chapter FAQ
7371 @cindex faq
7372 @enumerate
7373 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7374 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7375 @cindex RTCK
7376 @cindex adaptive clocking
7377 @*
7378
7379 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7380 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7381 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7382 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7383
7384 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7385 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7386 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7387 @enumerate
7388 @item
7389 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7390 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7391 @item
7392 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7393 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7394 @end enumerate
7395
7396 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7397 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7398 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7399 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7400 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7401 power).
7402
7403 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7404 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7405 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7406 ARM926 scenario).
7407 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7408 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7409 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7410
7411 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7412 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7413 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7414 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7415
7416 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7417
7418 In order to make use of this,
7419 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7420 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7421
7422 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7423 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7424 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7425 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7426 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7427
7428 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7429 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7430 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7431 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7432
7433 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7434 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7435 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7436 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7437 with a CPLD.
7438 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7439 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7440 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7441 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7442 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7443 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7444
7445 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7446
7447 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7448
7449 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7450 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7451 depending on the chips on your board.
7452 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7453 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7454 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7455
7456 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7457 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7458 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7459
7460 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7461 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7462 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7463 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7464
7465 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7466 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7467 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7468 this way.
7469
7470 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7471 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7472 clock rate.
7473 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7474 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7475 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7476
7477 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7478
7479 @example
7480 # Example: 1.234MHz
7481 adapter_khz 1234
7482 @end example
7483
7484
7485 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7486
7487 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7488 around Windows filenames.
7489
7490 @example
7491 > echo \a
7492
7493 > echo @{\a@}
7494 \a
7495 > echo "\a"
7496
7497 >
7498 @end example
7499
7500
7501 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7502
7503 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7504 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7505 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7506
7507 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7508 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7509 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7510
7511 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7512 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7513 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7514
7515 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7516
7517 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7518 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7519 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7520 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7521
7522 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7523 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7524 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7525
7526 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7527 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7528
7529 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7530 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7531 memory read caused data abort".
7532
7533 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7534 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7535 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7536 be done, feel free to add this here.
7537
7538 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7539 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7540 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7541 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7542 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7543 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7544 gracefully stops.
7545
7546 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7547 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7548 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7549
7550 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7551 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7552 bytes. Painful...
7553
7554
7555 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7556 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7557
7558 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7559 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7560 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7561 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7562 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7563 reset, everything else should work fine.
7564
7565 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7566 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7567 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7568 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7569
7570 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7571 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7572 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7573 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7574
7575 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7576
7577 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7578 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7579 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7580 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7581
7582 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7583 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7584 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7585 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7586
7587 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7588 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7589 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7590
7591 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7592 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7593
7594 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7595 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7596 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7597 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7598 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7599 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7600 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7601 clock frequency?
7602
7603 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7604 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7605 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7606 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7607 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7608
7609 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7610
7611 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7612 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7613 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7614 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7615 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7616 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7617 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7618
7619 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7620
7621 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7622 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7623 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7624 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7625
7626 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7627 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7628 particular order?
7629
7630 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7631 the same order used by the hardware.
7632
7633 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7634 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7635 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7636 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7637 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7638 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7639
7640 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7641 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7642 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7643 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7644
7645 @itemize @bullet
7646 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7647 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7648 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7649 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7650 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7651 @end itemize
7652
7653 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7654
7655 @itemize @bullet
7656 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7657 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7658 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7659 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7660 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7661 @end itemize
7662
7663
7664 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7665 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7666 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7667
7668 TODO.
7669
7670 @end enumerate
7671
7672 @node Tcl Crash Course
7673 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7674 @cindex Tcl
7675
7676 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7677 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7678 how the Tcl scripts work.
7679
7680 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7681 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7682 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7683 OpenOCD.
7684
7685 @section Tcl Rule #1
7686 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7687 @enumerate
7688 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7689 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7690 @end enumerate
7691
7692 The Tcl equal is this:
7693
7694 @enumerate
7695 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7696 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7697 @end enumerate
7698
7699 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7700 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7701
7702 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7703 There is a second pair of rules.
7704 @enumerate
7705 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7706 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7707 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7708 in Tcl.
7709 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7710 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7711 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7712 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7713 @end enumerate
7714
7715 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7716 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7717 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7718 Everything is a string}
7719
7720 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7721 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7722 difference is subtle.
7723 @enumerate
7724 @item Parse Time
7725 @item Evaluation Time
7726 @end enumerate
7727
7728 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7729 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7730 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7731
7732 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7733 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7734 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7735 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7736
7737 @itemize @bullet
7738 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7739 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7740 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7741 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7742 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7743 @example
7744 # bash example
7745 X=`date`
7746 echo "The Date is: $X"
7747 # Tcl example
7748 set X [date]
7749 puts "The Date is: $X"
7750 @end example
7751 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7752 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7753 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7754 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7755 is a string}
7756 @example
7757 set x "Dinner"
7758 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7759 @end example
7760 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7761 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7762 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7763 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7764 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7765 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7766 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7767 @end itemize
7768
7769 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7770
7771 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7772
7773 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7774
7775 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7776 the normal way.
7777
7778 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7779 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7780 line is immedatly executed.
7781
7782 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7783 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7784
7785 @subsection Command Execution
7786
7787 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7788 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7789 control flow operators.
7790
7791 Commands are executed like this:
7792
7793 @enumerate
7794 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7795 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7796 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7797 @end enumerate
7798
7799 It sort of works like this:
7800 @example
7801 for(;;)@{
7802 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7803
7804 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7805
7806 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7807 @}
7808 @end example
7809
7810 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7811 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7812 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7813 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7814 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7815 ``LookupCommand()''
7816
7817 @subsection The FOR command
7818
7819 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7820 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7821 command just like any other command.
7822
7823 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7824 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7825 are:
7826
7827 @enumerate 0
7828 @item The ascii text 'for'
7829 @item The start text
7830 @item The test expression
7831 @item The next text
7832 @item The body text
7833 @end enumerate
7834
7835 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7836 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7837 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7838 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7839
7840 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7841 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7842
7843 @example
7844 int
7845 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7846 int *argc,
7847 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7848 @end example
7849
7850 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7851 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7852 still operates in the same basic way.
7853
7854 @subsection FOR command implementation
7855
7856 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7857 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7858
7859 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7860
7861 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7862
7863 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7864 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7865 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7866
7867 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7868 expression and returns a value.
7869
7870 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7871 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7872 @example
7873 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7874
7875 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7876
7877 int
7878 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7879 int argc,
7880 char **argv )
7881 @{
7882 if( argc != 5 )@{
7883 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7884 return ERROR;
7885 @}
7886
7887 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7888
7889 // Execute the start statement.
7890 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7891
7892 // Top of loop test
7893 for(;;)@{
7894 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7895 if( i == 0 )
7896 break;
7897
7898 // Execute the body
7899 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7900
7901 // Execute the LOOP part
7902 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7903 @}
7904
7905 // Return no error
7906 SetResult( interp, "" );
7907 return SUCCESS;
7908 @}
7909 @end example
7910
7911 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7912 in the same basic way.
7913
7914 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7915
7916 @subsection source and find commands
7917 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7918 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7919 @*Remember the parsing rules
7920 @enumerate
7921 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7922 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7923 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7924 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7925 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7926 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7927 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7928 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7929 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7930 @end enumerate
7931 @subsection format command
7932 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7933 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7934 @b{sprintf()}.
7935 @b{Example}
7936 @example
7937 set x 6
7938 set y 7
7939 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7940 @end example
7941 @enumerate
7942 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7943 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7944 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7945 @* Refer to Rule #1
7946 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7947 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7948 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7949 @end enumerate
7950 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7951 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7952 @example
7953 #1 Good
7954 proc someproc @{@} @{
7955 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7956 @}
7957 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7958 #2 Good - no variables
7959 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7960 #3 Good Curly Braces
7961 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7962 puts "Time: [date]"
7963 @}
7964 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7965 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7966 @end example
7967 @enumerate
7968 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7969 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7970 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7971 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7972 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7973 command.
7974 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7975 @*There are 4 examples:
7976 @enumerate
7977 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7978 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7979 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7980 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7981 @end enumerate
7982
7983 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7984 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7985 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7986
7987 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7988 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7989 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7990 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7991 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7992 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7993 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7994 @end enumerate
7995 @subsection Global Variables
7996 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7997 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7998 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7999 @example
8000 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8001 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8002 global x #Global variable X
8003 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8004 @}
8005 @end example
8006 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8007 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8008 @example
8009 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8010 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8011 # Create var name
8012 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8013 # Make it a global
8014 global $vn
8015 # Set it.
8016 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8017 @}
8018 @end example
8019 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8020 @example
8021 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8022 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8023 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8024 @}
8025 @end example
8026
8027 @include fdl.texi
8028
8029 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8030 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8031 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8032 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8033 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8034 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8035
8036 @printindex cp
8037
8038 @node Command and Driver Index
8039 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8040 @printindex fn
8041
8042 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)